xref: /onnv-gate/usr/src/cmd/perl/5.8.4/distrib/uconfig.h (revision 0:68f95e015346)
1*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*
2*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
3*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * gets its values from uconfig.sh, which is generally produced by
4*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * running Configure.
5*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
6*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
7*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
8*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * For a more permanent change edit uconfig.sh and rerun config_h.SH.
9*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
10*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * $Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $
11*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
12*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
13*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*
14*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * Package name      :
15*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * Source directory  :
16*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * Configuration time:
17*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * Configured by     :
18*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * Target system     : unknown
19*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
20*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
21*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef _config_h_
22*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define _config_h_
23*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
24*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* LOC_SED:
25*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the complete pathname to the sed program.
26*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
27*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define LOC_SED 	""	/**/
28*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
29*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ALARM:
30*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is
31*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
32*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
33*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ALARM		/ **/
34*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
35*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_BCMP:
36*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to
37*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	compare blocks of memory.
38*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
39*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_BCMP	/ **/
40*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
41*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_BCOPY:
42*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to
43*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	copy blocks of memory.
44*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
45*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_BCOPY	/ **/
46*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
47*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_BZERO:
48*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to
49*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	set a memory block to 0.
50*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
51*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_BZERO	/ **/
52*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
53*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CHOWN:
54*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is
55*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
56*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
57*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CHOWN		/ **/
58*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
59*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CHROOT:
60*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chroot routine is
61*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
62*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
63*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CHROOT		/ **/
64*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
65*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CHSIZE:
66*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chsize routine is available
67*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to truncate files.  You might need a -lx to get this routine.
68*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
69*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_CHSIZE		/ **/
70*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
71*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HASCONST:
72*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
73*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
74*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
75*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	trigger the necessary tests.
76*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
77*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HASCONST	/ **/
78*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef HASCONST
79*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define const
80*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
81*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
82*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CUSERID:
83*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cuserid routine is
84*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get character login names.
85*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
86*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CUSERID		/ **/
87*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
88*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DBL_DIG:
89*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
90*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number
91*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of significant digits in a double precision number.  If this
92*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good.
93*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
94*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_DBL_DIG 	/ * */
95*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
96*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DIFFTIME:
97*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is
98*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
99*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
100*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_DIFFTIME		/ **/
101*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
102*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DLERROR:
103*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is
104*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to return a string describing the last error that
105*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym().
106*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
107*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_DLERROR	/ **/
108*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
109*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DUP2:
110*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is
111*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to duplicate file descriptors.
112*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
113*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_DUP2	/ **/
114*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
115*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FCHMOD:
116*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available
117*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to change mode of opened files.  If unavailable, use chmod().
118*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
119*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FCHMOD		/ **/
120*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
121*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FCHOWN:
122*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available
123*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to change ownership of opened files.  If unavailable, use chown().
124*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
125*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FCHOWN		/ **/
126*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
127*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FCNTL:
128*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
129*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the fcntl() function exists.
130*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
131*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FCNTL		/ **/
132*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
133*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FGETPOS:
134*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is
135*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell().
136*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
137*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FGETPOS	/ **/
138*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
139*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FLOCK:
140*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is
141*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do file locking.
142*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
143*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FLOCK		/ **/
144*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
145*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FORK:
146*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is
147*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
148*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
149*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define HAS_FORK		/**/
150*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
151*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FSETPOS:
152*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is
153*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek().
154*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
155*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FSETPOS	/ **/
156*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
157*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY:
158*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system
159*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file
160*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sys/resource.h> needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE).
161*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval".
162*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
163*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY	/ **/
164*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY
165*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Timeval struct timeval	/* Structure used by gettimeofday() */
166*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
167*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
168*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETGROUPS:
169*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is
170*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
171*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	groups are probably not supported.
172*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
173*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETGROUPS		/ **/
174*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
175*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETLOGIN:
176*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is
177*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get the login name.
178*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
179*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN		/ **/
180*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
181*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPGID:
182*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
183*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the
184*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	process group id.
185*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
186*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPGID		/ **/
187*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
188*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPGRP2:
189*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX)
190*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to get the current process group.
191*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
192*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPGRP2		/ **/
193*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
194*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPPID:
195*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is
196*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get the parent process ID.
197*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
198*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPPID		/ **/
199*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
200*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPRIORITY:
201*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is
202*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get a process's priority.
203*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
204*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPRIORITY		/ **/
205*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
206*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_INET_ATON:
207*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
208*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad"
209*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	strings.
210*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
211*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_INET_ATON		/ **/
212*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
213*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_KILLPG:
214*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available
215*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to kill process groups.  If unavailable, you probably should use kill
216*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	with a negative process number.
217*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
218*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_KILLPG	/ **/
219*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
220*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LINK:
221*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is
222*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to create hard links.
223*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
224*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LINK	/ **/
225*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
226*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LOCALECONV:
227*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is
228*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions.
229*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
230*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LOCALECONV	/ **/
231*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
232*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LOCKF:
233*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is
234*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do file locking.
235*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
236*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LOCKF		/ **/
237*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
238*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LSTAT:
239*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is
240*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do file stats on symbolic links.
241*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
242*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LSTAT		/ **/
243*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
244*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MBLEN:
245*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available
246*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to find the number of bytes in a multibye character.
247*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
248*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MBLEN		/ **/
249*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
250*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MBSTOWCS:
251*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is
252*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to covert a multibyte string into a wide character string.
253*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
254*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_MBSTOWCS		/ **/
255*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
256*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MBTOWC:
257*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available
258*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to covert a multibyte to a wide character.
259*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
260*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MBTOWC		/ **/
261*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
262*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MEMCMP:
263*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
264*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to compare blocks of memory.
265*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
266*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MEMCMP	/ **/
267*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
268*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MEMCPY:
269*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
270*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to copy blocks of memory.
271*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
272*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MEMCPY	/ **/
273*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
274*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MEMMOVE:
275*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available
276*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used
277*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your
278*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	own version.
279*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
280*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MEMMOVE	/ **/
281*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
282*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MEMSET:
283*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available
284*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to set blocks of memory.
285*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
286*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MEMSET	/ **/
287*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
288*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MKDIR:
289*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available
290*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to create directories.  Otherwise you should fork off a new process to
291*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	exec /bin/mkdir.
292*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
293*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MKDIR		/ **/
294*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
295*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MKFIFO:
296*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is
297*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to
298*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require
299*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	super-user privileges which mkfifo will not.
300*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
301*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MKFIFO		/ **/
302*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
303*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MKTIME:
304*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is
305*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
306*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
307*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MKTIME		/ **/
308*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
309*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MSYNC:
310*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is
311*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to synchronize a mapped file.
312*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
313*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MSYNC		/ **/
314*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
315*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MUNMAP:
316*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is
317*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap().
318*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
319*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MUNMAP		/ **/
320*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
321*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_NICE:
322*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is
323*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
324*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
325*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_NICE		/ **/
326*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
327*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PATHCONF:
328*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available
329*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to determine file-system related limits and options associated
330*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	with a given filename.
331*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
332*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FPATHCONF:
333*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available
334*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to determine file-system related limits and options associated
335*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	with a given open file descriptor.
336*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
337*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PATHCONF		/ **/
338*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FPATHCONF		/ **/
339*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
340*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PAUSE:
341*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is
342*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to suspend a process until a signal is received.
343*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
344*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PAUSE		/ **/
345*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
346*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PIPE:
347*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is
348*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to create an inter-process channel.
349*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
350*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PIPE		/ **/
351*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
352*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_POLL:
353*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is
354*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely
355*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <poll.h> when this symbol is defined.
356*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
357*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_POLL		/ **/
358*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
359*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_READDIR:
360*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is
361*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to read directory entries. You may have to include
362*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
363*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
364*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define HAS_READDIR		/**/
365*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
366*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SEEKDIR:
367*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is
368*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
369*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
370*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SEEKDIR		/ **/
371*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
372*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TELLDIR:
373*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is
374*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
375*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
376*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TELLDIR		/ **/
377*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
378*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_REWINDDIR:
379*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is
380*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
381*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
382*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_REWINDDIR		/ **/
383*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
384*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_READLINK:
385*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is
386*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to read the value of a symbolic link.
387*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
388*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_READLINK		/ **/
389*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
390*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_RENAME:
391*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available
392*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to rename files.  Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink()
393*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	trick.
394*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
395*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define HAS_RENAME	/**/
396*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
397*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_RMDIR:
398*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is
399*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a
400*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	new process to exec /bin/rmdir.
401*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
402*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_RMDIR		/ **/
403*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
404*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SELECT:
405*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is
406*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field
407*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is used, <sys/time.h> may need to be included.
408*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
409*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SELECT	/ **/
410*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
411*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETEGID:
412*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available
413*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to change the effective gid of the current program.
414*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
415*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETEGID		/ **/
416*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
417*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETEUID:
418*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available
419*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to change the effective uid of the current program.
420*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
421*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETEUID		/ **/
422*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
423*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETLINEBUF:
424*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is
425*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered
426*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to a line-buffered mode.
427*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
428*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETLINEBUF		/ **/
429*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
430*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETLOCALE:
431*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is
432*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations.
433*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
434*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE	/ **/
435*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
436*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPGID:
437*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid)
438*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to set process group ID.
439*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
440*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPGID	/ **/
441*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
442*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPGRP2:
443*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX)
444*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to set the current process group.
445*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
446*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPGRP2		/ **/
447*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
448*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPRIORITY:
449*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is
450*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set a process's priority.
451*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
452*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPRIORITY		/ **/
453*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
454*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETREGID:
455*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is
456*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to change the real and effective gid of the current
457*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	process.
458*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
459*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETRESGID:
460*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is
461*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current
462*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	process.
463*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
464*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETREGID		/ **/
465*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETRESGID		/ **/
466*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
467*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETREUID:
468*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is
469*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to change the real and effective uid of the current
470*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	process.
471*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
472*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETRESUID:
473*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is
474*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current
475*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	process.
476*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
477*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETREUID		/ **/
478*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETRESUID		/ **/
479*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
480*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETRGID:
481*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available
482*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to change the real gid of the current program.
483*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
484*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETRGID		/ **/
485*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
486*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETRUID:
487*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available
488*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to change the real uid of the current program.
489*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
490*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETRUID		/ **/
491*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
492*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETSID:
493*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is
494*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set the process group ID.
495*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
496*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETSID	/ **/
497*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
498*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRCHR:
499*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr()
500*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	functions are available for string searching. If not, try the
501*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	index()/rindex() pair.
502*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
503*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_INDEX:
504*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex()
505*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	functions are available for string searching.
506*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
507*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRCHR	/ **/
508*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_INDEX	/ **/
509*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
510*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRCOLL:
511*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is
512*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to compare strings using collating information.
513*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
514*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRCOLL	/ **/
515*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
516*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
517*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
518*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to copy structures.  If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
519*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine of some sort instead.
520*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
521*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_STRUCT_COPY	/ **/
522*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
523*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOD:
524*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is
525*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof().
526*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
527*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRTOD	/ **/
528*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
529*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOL:
530*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available
531*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends.
532*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
533*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRTOL	/ **/
534*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
535*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRXFRM:
536*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is
537*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to transform strings.
538*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
539*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRXFRM	/ **/
540*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
541*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SYMLINK:
542*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available
543*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to create symbolic links.
544*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
545*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SYMLINK	/ **/
546*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
547*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SYSCALL:
548*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is
549*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough.
550*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
551*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SYSCALL	/ **/
552*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
553*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SYSCONF:
554*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available
555*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to determine system related limits and options.
556*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
557*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SYSCONF	/ **/
558*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
559*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SYSTEM:
560*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is
561*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to issue a shell command.
562*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
563*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SYSTEM	/ **/
564*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
565*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TCGETPGRP:
566*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is
567*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get foreground process group ID.
568*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
569*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TCGETPGRP		/ **/
570*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
571*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TCSETPGRP:
572*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is
573*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set foreground process group ID.
574*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
575*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TCSETPGRP		/ **/
576*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
577*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TRUNCATE:
578*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is
579*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to truncate files.
580*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
581*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TRUNCATE	/ **/
582*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
583*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TZNAME:
584*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is
585*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to access timezone names.
586*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
587*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TZNAME		/ **/
588*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
589*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_UMASK:
590*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is
591*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set and get the value of the file creation mask.
592*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
593*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_UMASK		/ **/
594*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
595*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_USLEEP:
596*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the usleep routine is
597*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to let the process sleep on a sub-second accuracy.
598*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
599*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_USLEEP		/ **/
600*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
601*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HASVOLATILE:
602*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
603*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the volatile declaration.
604*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
605*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HASVOLATILE	/ **/
606*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef HASVOLATILE
607*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define volatile
608*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
609*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
610*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_WAIT4:
611*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists.
612*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
613*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_WAIT4	/ **/
614*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
615*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_WAITPID:
616*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is
617*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to wait for child process.
618*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
619*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_WAITPID	/ **/
620*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
621*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_WCSTOMBS:
622*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is
623*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings.
624*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
625*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_WCSTOMBS	/ **/
626*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
627*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_WCTOMB:
628*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available
629*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to covert a wide character to a multibyte.
630*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
631*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_WCTOMB		/ **/
632*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
633*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_ARPA_INET:
634*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
635*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <arpa/inet.h> to get inet_addr and friends declarations.
636*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
637*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_ARPA_INET		/ **/
638*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
639*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_DBM:
640*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dbm.h> exists and should
641*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be included.
642*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
643*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_RPCSVC_DBM:
644*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and
645*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
646*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
647*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_DBM	/ **/
648*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_RPCSVC_DBM	/ **/
649*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
650*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_DIRENT:
651*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
652*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
653*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
654*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
655*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
656*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DIRNAMLEN:
657*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
658*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field.  Otherwise
659*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
660*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
661*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Direntry_t:
662*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
663*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
664*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	portably declare your directory entries.
665*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
666*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define I_DIRENT		/**/
667*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define DIRNAMLEN	/ **/
668*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Direntry_t struct dirent
669*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
670*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_DLFCN:
671*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dlfcn.h> exists and should
672*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be included.
673*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
674*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_DLFCN		/ **/
675*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
676*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_FCNTL:
677*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This manifest constant tells the C program to include <fcntl.h>.
678*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
679*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_FCNTL	/ **/
680*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
681*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_FLOAT:
682*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
683*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <float.h> to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or
684*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values.
685*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
686*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_FLOAT		/ **/
687*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
688*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_LIMITS:
689*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
690*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <limits.h> to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or
691*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations.
692*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
693*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_LIMITS		/ **/
694*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
695*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_LOCALE:
696*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
697*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <locale.h>.
698*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
699*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_LOCALE		/ **/
700*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
701*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_MATH:
702*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
703*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <math.h>.
704*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
705*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define I_MATH		/**/
706*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
707*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_MEMORY:
708*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
709*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <memory.h>.
710*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
711*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_MEMORY		/ **/
712*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
713*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_NET_ERRNO:
714*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
715*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
716*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
717*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/
718*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
719*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_NETINET_IN:
720*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
721*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, you may try <sys/in.h>.
722*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
723*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_NETINET_IN	/ **/
724*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
725*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SFIO:
726*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
727*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sfio.h>.
728*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
729*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SFIO		/ **/
730*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
731*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_STDDEF:
732*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stddef.h> exists and should
733*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be included.
734*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
735*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_STDDEF	/ **/
736*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
737*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_STDLIB:
738*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdlib.h> exists and should
739*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be included.
740*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
741*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define I_STDLIB		/**/
742*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
743*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_STRING:
744*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
745*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <string.h> (USG systems) instead of <strings.h> (BSD systems).
746*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
747*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define I_STRING		/**/
748*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
749*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_DIR:
750*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
751*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/dir.h>.
752*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
753*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_DIR		/ **/
754*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
755*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_FILE:
756*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
757*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/file.h> to get definition of R_OK and friends.
758*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
759*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_FILE		/ **/
760*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
761*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_IOCTL:
762*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should
763*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be included. Otherwise, include <sgtty.h> or <termio.h>.
764*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
765*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_SOCKIO:
766*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the <sys/sockio.h> should be included
767*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to get socket ioctl options, like SIOCATMARK.
768*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
769*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYS_IOCTL		/ **/
770*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_SOCKIO	/ **/
771*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
772*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_NDIR:
773*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
774*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/ndir.h>.
775*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
776*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_NDIR	/ **/
777*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
778*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_PARAM:
779*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
780*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/param.h>.
781*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
782*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_PARAM		/ **/
783*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
784*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_RESOURCE:
785*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
786*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/resource.h>.
787*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
788*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_RESOURCE		/ **/
789*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
790*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_SELECT:
791*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
792*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/select.h> in order to get definition of struct timeval.
793*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
794*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_SELECT	/ **/
795*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
796*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_STAT:
797*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
798*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/stat.h>.
799*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
800*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I_SYS_STAT		/**/
801*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
802*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_TIMES:
803*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
804*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/times.h>.
805*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
806*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYS_TIMES		/ **/
807*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
808*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_TYPES:
809*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
810*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/types.h>.
811*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
812*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYS_TYPES		/ **/
813*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
814*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_UN:
815*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
816*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX domain socket definitions.
817*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
818*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_UN		/ **/
819*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
820*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_WAIT:
821*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
822*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/wait.h>.
823*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
824*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_WAIT	/ **/
825*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
826*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_TERMIO:
827*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
828*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<termio.h> rather than <sgtty.h>.  There are also differences in
829*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
830*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
831*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_TERMIOS:
832*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
833*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h.
834*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the
835*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	value of this symbol.
836*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
837*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SGTTY:
838*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
839*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sgtty.h> rather than <termio.h>.  There are also differences in
840*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
841*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
842*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_TERMIO		/ **/
843*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_TERMIOS		/ **/
844*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SGTTY		/ **/
845*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
846*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_UNISTD:
847*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
848*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <unistd.h>.
849*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
850*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_UNISTD		/ **/
851*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
852*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_UTIME:
853*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
854*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <utime.h>.
855*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
856*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_UTIME		/ **/
857*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
858*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_VALUES:
859*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
860*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <values.h> to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or
861*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations.  Probably, you
862*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should use <limits.h> instead, if it is available.
863*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
864*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_VALUES		/ **/
865*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
866*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_VFORK:
867*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
868*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include vfork.h.
869*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
870*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_VFORK	/ **/
871*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
872*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* INTSIZE:
873*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C
874*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
875*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
876*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* LONGSIZE:
877*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C
878*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
879*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
880*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SHORTSIZE:
881*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C
882*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
883*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
884*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define INTSIZE 4		/**/
885*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define LONGSIZE 4		/**/
886*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SHORTSIZE 2		/**/
887*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
888*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* MULTIARCH:
889*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build
890*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	process will produce some binary files that are going to be
891*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	used in a cross-platform environment.  This is the case for
892*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables
893*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for several CPUs.
894*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
895*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define MULTIARCH		/ **/
896*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
897*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_QUAD:
898*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
899*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
900*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T.
901*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
902*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_QUAD	/ **/
903*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_QUAD
904*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define Quad_t int64_t	/**/
905*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define Uquad_t uint64_t	/**/
906*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define QUADKIND 4	/**/
907*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define QUAD_IS_INT	1
908*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define QUAD_IS_LONG	2
909*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG	3
910*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define QUAD_IS_INT64_T	4
911*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
912*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
913*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ACCESSX:
914*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
915*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do extended access checks.
916*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
917*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ACCESSX		/ **/
918*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
919*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_EACCESS:
920*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
921*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do extended access checks.
922*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
923*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_EACCESS		/ **/
924*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
925*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_ACCESS:
926*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
927*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     include <sys/access.h>.
928*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
929*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
930*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
931*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_SECURITY:
932*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
933*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     include <sys/security.h>.
934*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
935*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
936*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
937*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
938*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
939*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
940*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
941*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
942*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
943*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
944*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #else
945*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 4
946*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
947*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
948*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* BYTEORDER:
949*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
950*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
951*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
952*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
953*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	determine the byte order.
954*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
955*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
956*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
957*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
958*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
959*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
960*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
961*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
962*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
963*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
964*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
965*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
966*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #    if LONGSIZE == 4
967*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
968*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #    else
969*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #      if LONGSIZE == 8
970*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
971*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #      endif
972*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #    endif
973*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #  else
974*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
975*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #      if LONGSIZE == 4
976*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
977*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #      else
978*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #        if LONGSIZE == 8
979*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
980*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #        endif
981*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #      endif
982*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #    endif
983*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #  endif
984*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
985*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
986*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #  endif
987*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #else
988*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
989*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif /* NeXT */
990*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
991*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CASTI32:
992*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
993*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
994*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
995*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	CASTI32		/ **/
996*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
997*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CASTNEGFLOAT:
998*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
999*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
1000*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1001*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CASTFLAGS:
1002*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
1003*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
1004*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		0 = ok
1005*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
1006*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
1007*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
1008*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1009*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/ **/
1010*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
1011*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1012*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
1013*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
1014*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	does not return a value.
1015*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1016*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
1017*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1018*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FD_SET:
1019*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
1020*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in <sys/types.h>
1021*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1022*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FD_SET	/ **/
1023*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1024*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Gconvert:
1025*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
1026*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
1027*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
1028*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
1029*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
1030*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
1031*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
1032*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be retained, and the output buffer.
1033*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The usual values are:
1034*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
1035*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
1036*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
1037*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
1038*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1039*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
1040*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1041*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
1042*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
1043*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
1044*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	many memory management calls.
1045*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1046*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
1047*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1048*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GNULIBC:
1049*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
1050*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
1051*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
1052*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1053*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
1054*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
1055*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   define _GNU_SOURCE
1056*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1057*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ISASCII:
1058*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
1059*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available.
1060*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1061*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ISASCII		/ **/
1062*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1063*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LCHOWN:
1064*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
1065*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
1066*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	link).
1067*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1068*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
1069*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1070*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_OPEN3:
1071*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
1072*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	argument form of open(2) is available.
1073*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1074*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
1075*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1076*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
1077*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
1078*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
1079*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
1080*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	own version.
1081*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1082*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
1083*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1084*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
1085*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
1086*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
1087*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
1088*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	use memmove() instead, if available.
1089*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1090*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
1091*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1092*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
1093*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
1094*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
1095*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
1096*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1097*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/ **/
1098*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1099*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SIGACTION:
1100*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
1101*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available.
1102*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1103*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
1104*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1105*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
1106*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
1107*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
1108*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
1109*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
1110*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
1111*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1112*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Sigjmp_buf:
1113*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
1114*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1115*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Sigsetjmp:
1116*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
1117*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
1118*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
1119*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1120*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Siglongjmp:
1121*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
1122*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
1123*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
1124*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1125*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
1126*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
1127*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
1128*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
1129*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
1130*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #else
1131*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
1132*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
1133*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
1134*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1135*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1136*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_STDIO_PTR:
1137*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
1138*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
1139*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
1140*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
1141*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to access these fields.
1142*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1143*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FILE_ptr:
1144*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
1145*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
1146*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
1147*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1148*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
1149*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
1150*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	lvalue.
1151*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1152*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FILE_cnt:
1153*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
1154*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
1155*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
1156*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1157*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
1158*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
1159*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	lvalue.
1160*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1161*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
1162*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
1163*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
1164*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
1165*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1166*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
1167*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
1168*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
1169*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1170*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/ **/
1171*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
1172*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_IO_read_ptr)
1173*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/ **/
1174*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_ptr)
1175*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/ **/
1176*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
1177*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/ **/
1178*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1179*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1180*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_STDIO_BASE:
1181*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
1182*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
1183*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
1184*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
1185*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
1186*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
1187*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
1188*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1189*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FILE_base:
1190*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
1191*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
1192*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
1193*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1194*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FILE_bufsiz:
1195*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
1196*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
1197*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
1198*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
1199*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1200*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/ **/
1201*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
1202*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_IO_read_base)
1203*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_base)
1204*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1205*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1206*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_VPRINTF:
1207*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
1208*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
1209*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
1210*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1211*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
1212*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
1213*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
1214*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
1215*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	symbol.
1216*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1217*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
1218*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
1219*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1220*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DOUBLESIZE:
1221*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
1222*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	can make decisions based on it.
1223*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1224*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
1225*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1226*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_TIME:
1227*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
1228*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <time.h>.
1229*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1230*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_TIME:
1231*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
1232*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/time.h>.
1233*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1234*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
1235*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
1236*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
1237*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1238*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
1239*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
1240*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
1241*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1242*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
1243*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
1244*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
1245*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1246*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define I_TIME		/**/
1247*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
1248*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
1249*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
1250*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
1251*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1252*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
1253*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
1254*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
1255*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
1256*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
1257*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
1258*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1259*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* VAL_EAGAIN:
1260*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
1261*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
1262*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1263*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* RD_NODATA:
1264*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
1265*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
1266*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
1267*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
1268*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1269*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* EOF_NONBLOCK:
1270*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
1271*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
1272*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
1273*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1274*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
1275*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
1276*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define RD_NODATA -1
1277*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #undef EOF_NONBLOCK
1278*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1279*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PTRSIZE:
1280*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
1281*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
1282*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
1283*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	sizeof(char *).
1284*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1285*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
1286*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1287*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Drand01:
1288*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
1289*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
1290*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
1291*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
1292*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
1293*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1294*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Rand_seed_t:
1295*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
1296*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	random seed function.
1297*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1298*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* seedDrand01:
1299*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
1300*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	random number generator (see Drand01).
1301*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1302*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* RANDBITS:
1303*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
1304*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
1305*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
1306*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1307*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Drand01()		((rand() & 0x7FFF) / (double) ((unsigned long)1 << 15))		/**/
1308*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Rand_seed_t		int		/**/
1309*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
1310*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define RANDBITS		48		/**/
1311*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1312*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SSize_t:
1313*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
1314*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
1315*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
1316*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
1317*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to get any typedef'ed information.
1318*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
1319*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1320*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
1321*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1322*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* EBCDIC:
1323*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
1324*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	EBCDIC encoding.
1325*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1326*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
1327*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1328*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ARCHLIB:
1329*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
1330*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
1331*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	library files for .  It is most often a local directory
1332*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
1333*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
1334*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
1335*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
1336*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1337*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ARCHLIB_EXP:
1338*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
1339*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
1340*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1341*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define ARCHLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown"		/ **/
1342*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown"		/ **/
1343*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1344*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* BIN:
1345*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
1346*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
1347*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1348*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* BIN_EXP:
1349*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
1350*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
1351*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1352*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define BIN "/usr/local/bin"	/**/
1353*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define BIN_EXP ""	/**/
1354*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1355*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
1356*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
1357*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
1358*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
1359*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
1360*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
1361*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1362*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST NULL		/**/
1363*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1364*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
1365*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
1366*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
1367*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1368*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
1369*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1370*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
1371*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
1372*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
1373*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
1374*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
1375*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
1376*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for more details.
1377*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1378*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
1379*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1380*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PRIVLIB:
1381*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
1382*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
1383*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
1384*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
1385*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1386*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PRIVLIB_EXP:
1387*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
1388*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
1389*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1390*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PRIVLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7"		/**/
1391*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7"		/**/
1392*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1393*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SITEARCH:
1394*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
1395*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
1396*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
1397*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
1398*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
1399*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
1400*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
1401*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
1402*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
1403*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1404*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SITEARCH_EXP:
1405*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
1406*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
1407*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1408*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SITEARCH ""		/**/
1409*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SITEARCH_EXP ""		/**/
1410*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1411*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SITELIB:
1412*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
1413*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
1414*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
1415*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
1416*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
1417*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
1418*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
1419*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
1420*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
1421*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1422*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SITELIB_EXP:
1423*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
1424*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
1425*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1426*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SITELIB_STEM:
1427*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
1428*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
1429*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
1430*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1431*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SITELIB ""		/**/
1432*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SITELIB_EXP ""		/**/
1433*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
1434*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1435*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_VENDORARCH:
1436*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
1437*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
1438*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
1439*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It may have a ~ on the front.
1440*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
1441*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
1442*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
1443*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
1444*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
1445*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1446*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
1447*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
1448*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
1449*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1450*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
1451*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
1452*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1453*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
1454*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
1455*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
1456*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1457*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
1458*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
1459*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
1460*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
1461*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1462*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
1463*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
1464*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1465*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* OSNAME:
1466*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
1467*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
1468*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
1469*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1470*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* OSVERS:
1471*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
1472*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
1473*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
1474*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1475*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define OSNAME "unknown"		/**/
1476*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define OSVERS ""		/**/
1477*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1478*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CAT2:
1479*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
1480*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1481*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STRINGIFY:
1482*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
1483*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1484*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if 42 == 1
1485*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
1486*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
1487*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 		/* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
1488*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1489*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if 42 == 42
1490*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
1491*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
1492*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be
1493*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * used as arguments to other macros.  See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */
1494*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
1495*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
1496*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
1497*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1498*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
1499*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #   include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
1500*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1501*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1502*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CPPSTDIN:
1503*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
1504*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
1505*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
1506*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
1507*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1508*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CPPMINUS:
1509*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
1510*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
1511*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
1512*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
1513*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1514*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CPPRUN:
1515*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
1516*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
1517*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
1518*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
1519*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
1520*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
1521*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
1522*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1523*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CPPLAST:
1524*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
1525*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
1526*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1527*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CPPSTDIN ""
1528*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CPPMINUS ""
1529*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CPPRUN ""
1530*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CPPLAST ""
1531*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1532*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ACCESS:
1533*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
1534*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
1535*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	(always present on UNIX.)
1536*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1537*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ACCESS		/ **/
1538*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1539*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HASATTRIBUTE:
1540*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes,
1541*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc.
1542*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1543*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HASATTRIBUTE 	/ **/
1544*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef HASATTRIBUTE
1545*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef __attribute__
1546*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #undef __attribute__
1547*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1548*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define __attribute__(_arg_)
1549*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1550*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1551*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CRYPT:
1552*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
1553*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
1554*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1555*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CRYPT		/ **/
1556*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1557*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CSH:
1558*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
1559*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1560*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CSH:
1561*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
1562*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1563*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
1564*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_CSH
1565*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CSH ""	/**/
1566*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1567*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1568*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
1569*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
1570*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
1571*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1572*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DOSUID:
1573*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
1574*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
1575*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
1576*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
1577*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
1578*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
1579*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
1580*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
1581*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
1582*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
1583*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
1584*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1585*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
1586*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define DOSUID		/ **/
1587*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1588*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDGRENT:
1589*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
1590*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
1591*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1592*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
1593*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1594*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
1595*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
1596*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
1597*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1598*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
1599*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1600*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDNETENT:
1601*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
1602*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
1603*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1604*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
1605*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1606*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
1607*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
1608*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
1609*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1610*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
1611*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1612*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDPWENT:
1613*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
1614*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
1615*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1616*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
1617*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1618*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
1619*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
1620*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
1621*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1622*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
1623*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1624*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FLEXFILENAMES:
1625*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
1626*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	longer than 14 characters.
1627*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1628*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/ **/
1629*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1630*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETGRENT:
1631*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
1632*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available for sequential access of the group database.
1633*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1634*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
1635*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1636*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
1637*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
1638*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
1639*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1640*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/ **/
1641*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1642*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
1643*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
1644*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
1645*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1646*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/ **/
1647*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1648*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
1649*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
1650*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
1651*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1652*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
1653*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1654*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
1655*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
1656*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
1657*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and PHOSTNAME.
1658*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1659*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_UNAME:
1660*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
1661*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
1662*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and PHOSTNAME.
1663*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1664*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PHOSTNAME:
1665*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
1666*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
1667*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
1668*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
1669*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	privileges.
1670*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1671*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
1672*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
1673*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
1674*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to derive the host name.
1675*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1676*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/ **/
1677*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_UNAME		/ **/
1678*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
1679*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
1680*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
1681*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1682*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1683*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
1684*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
1685*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
1686*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1687*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
1688*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1689*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
1690*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
1691*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up networks by their names.
1692*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1693*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
1694*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1695*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETNETENT:
1696*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
1697*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
1698*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1699*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
1700*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1701*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
1702*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
1703*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
1704*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1705*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
1706*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1707*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPGRP:
1708*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
1709*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get the current process group.
1710*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1711*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
1712*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
1713*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
1714*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1715*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
1716*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
1717*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1718*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
1719*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
1720*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
1721*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1722*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
1723*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
1724*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
1725*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1726*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/ **/
1727*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/ **/
1728*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1729*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPWENT:
1730*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
1731*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
1732*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
1733*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1734*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
1735*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1736*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSERVENT:
1737*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
1738*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
1739*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1740*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
1741*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1742*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
1743*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
1744*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
1745*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1746*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
1747*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
1748*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
1749*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1750*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/ **/
1751*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/ **/
1752*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1753*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_HTONL:
1754*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
1755*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
1756*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	order byte swapping.
1757*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1758*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_HTONS:
1759*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
1760*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
1761*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	order byte swapping.
1762*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1763*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_NTOHL:
1764*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
1765*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
1766*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	order byte swapping.
1767*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1768*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_NTOHS:
1769*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
1770*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
1771*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	order byte swapping.
1772*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1773*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_HTONL		/ **/
1774*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_HTONS		/ **/
1775*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_NTOHL		/ **/
1776*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_NTOHS		/ **/
1777*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1778*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
1779*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
1780*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	doubles.
1781*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1782*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
1783*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
1784*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
1785*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
1786*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1787*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/ **/
1788*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
1789*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
1790*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1791*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1792*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LONG_LONG:
1793*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
1794*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1795*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* LONGLONGSIZE:
1796*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
1797*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
1798*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	defined if the system supports long long.
1799*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1800*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/ **/
1801*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
1802*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
1803*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1804*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1805*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MEMCHR:
1806*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
1807*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to locate characters within a C string.
1808*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1809*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MEMCHR	/ **/
1810*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1811*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MKSTEMP:
1812*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
1813*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
1814*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	temporary file.
1815*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1816*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
1817*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1818*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MMAP:
1819*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
1820*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to map a file into memory.
1821*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1822*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Mmap_t:
1823*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
1824*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
1825*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'.
1826*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1827*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
1828*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Mmap_t 	/**/
1829*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1830*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MSG:
1831*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
1832*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
1833*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1834*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
1835*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1836*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SEM:
1837*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
1838*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	supported.
1839*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1840*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
1841*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1842*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETGRENT:
1843*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
1844*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
1845*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1846*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
1847*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1848*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETGROUPS:
1849*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
1850*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
1851*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	groups are probably not supported.
1852*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1853*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/ **/
1854*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1855*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
1856*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
1857*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
1858*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1859*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
1860*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1861*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETNETENT:
1862*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
1863*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
1864*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1865*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
1866*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1867*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
1868*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
1869*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
1870*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1871*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
1872*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1873*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPGRP:
1874*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
1875*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set the current process group.
1876*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1877*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
1878*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
1879*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
1880*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for a POSIX interface.
1881*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1882*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
1883*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
1884*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1885*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPWENT:
1886*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
1887*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
1888*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1889*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
1890*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1891*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETSERVENT:
1892*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
1893*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.
1894*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1895*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
1896*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1897*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETVBUF:
1898*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
1899*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
1900*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to a line-buffered mode.
1901*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1902*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETVBUF		/ **/
1903*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1904*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SHM:
1905*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
1906*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	supported.
1907*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1908*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SHM		/ **/
1909*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1910*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Shmat_t:
1911*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
1912*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
1913*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1914*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
1915*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
1916*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for shmat().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to
1917*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	guess one.  Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
1918*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
1919*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
1920*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1921*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Shmat_t void *	/**/
1922*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE	/ **/
1923*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1924*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SOCKET:
1925*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
1926*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	supported.
1927*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1928*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
1929*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
1930*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	supported.
1931*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1932*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
1933*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
1934*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
1935*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	has been known to be an enum.
1936*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1937*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
1938*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
1939*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
1940*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	has been known to be an enum.
1941*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1942*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MSG_OOB:
1943*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
1944*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
1945*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	has been known to be an enum.
1946*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1947*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
1948*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
1949*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
1950*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	has been known to be an enum.
1951*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1952*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
1953*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
1954*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
1955*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	has been known to be an enum.
1956*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1957*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
1958*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
1959*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
1960*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	has been known to be an enum.
1961*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1962*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SOCKET		/ **/
1963*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/ **/
1964*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/ **/
1965*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/ **/
1966*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/ **/
1967*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/ **/
1968*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/ **/
1969*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/ **/
1970*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1971*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
1972*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
1973*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
1974*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1975*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
1976*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/ **/
1977*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
1978*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1979*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRERROR:
1980*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
1981*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
1982*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
1983*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1984*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
1985*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
1986*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
1987*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
1988*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1989*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Strerror:
1990*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
1991*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
1992*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	array is there.
1993*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
1994*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRERROR		/ **/
1995*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/ **/
1996*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
1997*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
1998*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOUL:
1999*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
2000*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
2001*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2002*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/
2003*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2004*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
2005*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
2006*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
2007*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	probably needs to define it as:
2008*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	union semun {
2009*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	    int val;
2010*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
2011*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	    unsigned short *array;
2012*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	}
2013*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2014*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
2015*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
2016*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
2017*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2018*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
2019*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
2020*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
2021*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2022*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/ **/
2023*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/ **/
2024*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/ **/
2025*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2026*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_VFORK:
2027*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
2028*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2029*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_VFORK	/ **/
2030*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2031*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Signal_t:
2032*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
2033*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
2034*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
2035*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
2036*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2037*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Signal_t int	/* Signal handler's return type */
2038*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2039*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Groups_t:
2040*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
2041*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	getgroups() and setgroups().  Usually, this is the same as
2042*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
2043*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
2044*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
2045*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
2046*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	getgroups() or setgroups()..
2047*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2048*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
2049*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Groups_t int	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
2050*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
2051*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2052*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_GRP:
2053*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
2054*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <grp.h>.
2055*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2056*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GRPASSWD:
2057*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
2058*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
2059*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2060*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_GRP		/ **/
2061*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define GRPASSWD	/ **/
2062*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2063*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_NDBM:
2064*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
2065*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be included.
2066*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2067*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_NDBM	/ **/
2068*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2069*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_NETDB:
2070*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
2071*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2072*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2073*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_NETDB		/ **/
2074*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2075*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_PWD:
2076*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
2077*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <pwd.h>.
2078*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2079*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWQUOTA:
2080*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2081*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_quota.
2082*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2083*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWAGE:
2084*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2085*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_age.
2086*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2087*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWCHANGE:
2088*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2089*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_change.
2090*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2091*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWCLASS:
2092*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2093*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_class.
2094*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2095*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWEXPIRE:
2096*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2097*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_expire.
2098*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2099*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWCOMMENT:
2100*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2101*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_comment.
2102*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2103*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWGECOS:
2104*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2105*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_gecos.
2106*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2107*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PWPASSWD:
2108*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
2109*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	contains pw_passwd.
2110*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2111*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_PWD		/ **/
2112*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWQUOTA	/ **/
2113*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWAGE	/ **/
2114*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWCHANGE	/ **/
2115*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWCLASS	/ **/
2116*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWEXPIRE	/ **/
2117*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWCOMMENT	/ **/
2118*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWGECOS	/ **/
2119*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PWPASSWD	/ **/
2120*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2121*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYSUIO:
2122*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
2123*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2124*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2125*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYSUIO		/ **/
2126*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2127*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_STDARG:
2128*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
2129*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be included.
2130*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2131*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_VARARGS:
2132*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
2133*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	include <varargs.h>.
2134*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2135*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define I_STDARG		/**/
2136*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/
2137*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2138*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Free_t:
2139*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
2140*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * void, but occasionally int.
2141*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2142*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Malloc_t:
2143*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
2144*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2145*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Malloc_t void *			/**/
2146*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Free_t int			/**/
2147*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2148*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* MYMALLOC:
2149*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
2150*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2151*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/
2152*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2153*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
2154*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
2155*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	function prototypes.
2156*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2157*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* _:
2158*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
2159*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
2160*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the above macros.  Use double parentheses.  For example:
2161*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2162*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
2163*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2164*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	CAN_PROTOTYPE	/ **/
2165*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
2166*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	_(args) args
2167*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #else
2168*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	_(args) ()
2169*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
2170*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2171*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SH_PATH:
2172*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
2173*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
2174*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	/bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
2175*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	/bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
2176*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	D:/bin/sh.exe.
2177*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2178*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SH_PATH ""  /**/
2179*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2180*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SIG_NAME:
2181*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
2182*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	signal number. This is intended
2183*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
2184*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
2185*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
2186*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
2187*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
2188*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
2189*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
2190*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
2191*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
2192*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
2193*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
2194*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	not from sig_name (which is unused).
2195*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2196*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SIG_NUM:
2197*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
2198*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
2199*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
2200*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
2201*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
2202*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
2203*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	dynamic linear lookup.
2204*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
2205*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
2206*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
2207*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
2208*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the sig_name_init list.
2209*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
2210*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	not from sig_num (which is unused).
2211*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2212*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SIG_SIZE:
2213*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
2214*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
2215*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2216*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SIG_NAME 0		/**/
2217*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SIG_NUM  0		/**/
2218*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SIG_SIZE 1			/**/
2219*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2220*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STDCHAR:
2221*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
2222*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
2223*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2224*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define STDCHAR char	/**/
2225*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2226*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* VOIDFLAGS:
2227*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
2228*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
2229*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2230*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	    1 = supports declaration of void
2231*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
2232*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
2233*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		    addresses of void functions
2234*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
2235*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2236*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
2237*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
2238*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U.  If the
2239*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested.  If the
2240*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
2241*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2242*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef VOIDUSED
2243*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define VOIDUSED 1
2244*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
2245*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define VOIDFLAGS 1
2246*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
2247*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define void int		/* is void to be avoided? */
2248*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
2249*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
2250*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2251*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
2252*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
2253*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2254*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_TARGETARCH:
2255*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
2256*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
2257*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2258*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
2259*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
2260*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
2261*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
2262*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2263*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ATOLF:
2264*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
2265*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
2266*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2267*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ATOLF		/ **/
2268*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2269*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ATOLL:
2270*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
2271*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert strings into long longs.
2272*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2273*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ATOLL		/ **/
2274*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2275*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS__FWALK:
2276*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
2277*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to apply a function to all the file handles.
2278*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2279*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS__FWALK		/ **/
2280*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2281*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_AINTL:
2282*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is
2283*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.  If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl.
2284*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2285*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_AINTL		/ **/
2286*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2287*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CLASS:
2288*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
2289*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in AIX.
2290*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
2291*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2292*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PLUS_NORM	Positive normalized, nonzero
2293*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_MINUS_NORM	Negative normalized, nonzero
2294*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PLUS_DENORM	Positive denormalized, nonzero
2295*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_MINUS_DENORM	Negative denormalized, nonzero
2296*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PLUS_ZERO	+0.0
2297*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_MINUS_ZERO	-0.0
2298*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PLUS_INF	+INF
2299*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_MINUS_INF	-INF
2300*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NANS		Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
2301*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NANQ		Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
2302*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2303*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CLASS		/ **/
2304*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2305*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
2306*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
2307*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is supported.
2308*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2309*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR	/ **/
2310*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2311*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_COPYSIGNL:
2312*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is
2313*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.  If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl.
2314*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2315*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL		/ **/
2316*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2317*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
2318*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2319*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the dbminit() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2320*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
2321*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int dbminit(char *);
2322*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2323*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO	/ **/
2324*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2325*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DIRFD:
2326*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd
2327*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available.
2328*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2329*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_DIRFD		/ **/
2330*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2331*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
2332*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
2333*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
2334*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
2335*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
2336*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2337*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/ **/
2338*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2339*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FAST_STDIO:
2340*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio"
2341*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly.
2342*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2343*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FAST_STDIO		/ **/
2344*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2345*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FCHDIR:
2346*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is
2347*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to change directory using a file descriptor.
2348*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2349*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FCHDIR		/ **/
2350*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2351*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK:
2352*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used
2353*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for file locking.  Normally on Unix systems this is defined.
2354*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It may be undefined on VMS.
2355*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2356*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK		/ **/
2357*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2358*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FINITE:
2359*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is
2360*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
2361*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2362*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FINITE		/ **/
2363*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2364*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FINITEL:
2365*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is
2366*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to check whether a long double is finite
2367*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	(non-infinity non-NaN).
2368*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2369*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FINITEL		/ **/
2370*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2371*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
2372*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2373*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the flock() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2374*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
2375*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int flock(int, int);
2376*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2377*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_FLOCK_PROTO	/ **/
2378*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2379*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FP_CLASS:
2380*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is
2381*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in Digital UNIX.
2382*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are:
2383*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2384*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_SNAN           Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number)
2385*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_QNAN           Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number)
2386*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_POS_INF        +infinity
2387*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NEG_INF        -infinity
2388*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_POS_NORM       Positive normalized
2389*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NEG_NORM       Negative normalized
2390*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_POS_DENORM     Positive denormalized
2391*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NEG_DENORM     Negative denormalized
2392*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_POS_ZERO       +0.0 (positive zero)
2393*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NEG_ZERO       -0.0 (negative zero)
2394*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2395*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FP_CLASS		/ **/
2396*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2397*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FPCLASS:
2398*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is
2399*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in Solaris/SVR4.
2400*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
2401*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2402*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_SNAN		signaling NaN
2403*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_QNAN		quiet NaN
2404*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NINF		negative infinity
2405*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PINF		positive infinity
2406*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NDENORM	negative denormalized non-zero
2407*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PDENORM	positive denormalized non-zero
2408*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NZERO	negative zero
2409*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PZERO	positive zero
2410*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NNORM	negative normalized non-zero
2411*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PNORM	positive normalized non-zero
2412*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2413*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FPCLASS		/ **/
2414*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2415*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FPCLASSIFY:
2416*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is
2417*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in HP-UX.
2418*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are
2419*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2420*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *           FP_NORMAL     Normalized
2421*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *           FP_ZERO       Zero
2422*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *           FP_INFINITE   Infinity
2423*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *           FP_SUBNORMAL  Denormalized
2424*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *           FP_NAN        NaN
2425*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2426*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2427*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY		/ **/
2428*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2429*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FPCLASSL:
2430*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
2431*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to classify long doubles.  Available for example in IRIX.
2432*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
2433*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *
2434*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_SNAN		signaling NaN
2435*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_QNAN		quiet NaN
2436*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NINF		negative infinity
2437*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PINF		positive infinity
2438*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NDENORM	negative denormalized non-zero
2439*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PDENORM	positive denormalized non-zero
2440*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NZERO	negative zero
2441*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PZERO	positive zero
2442*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_NNORM	negative normalized non-zero
2443*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	FP_PNORM	positive normalized non-zero
2444*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2445*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FPCLASSL		/ **/
2446*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2447*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FPOS64_T:
2448*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t.
2449*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2450*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_FPOS64_T    	/ **/
2451*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2452*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FREXPL:
2453*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is
2454*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to break a long double floating-point number into
2455*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2.
2456*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2457*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FREXPL		/ **/
2458*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2459*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
2460*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
2461*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to do statfs() is supported.
2462*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2463*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/ **/
2464*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2465*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FSEEKO:
2466*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
2467*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
2468*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2469*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FSEEKO		/ **/
2470*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2471*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FSTATFS:
2472*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
2473*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
2474*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2475*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FSTATFS		/ **/
2476*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2477*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FSYNC:
2478*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
2479*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
2480*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	permanent storage.
2481*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2482*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FSYNC		/ **/
2483*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2484*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FTELLO:
2485*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
2486*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
2487*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2488*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FTELLO		/ **/
2489*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2490*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETCWD:
2491*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is
2492*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get the current working directory.
2493*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2494*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETCWD		/ **/
2495*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2496*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
2497*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
2498*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
2499*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2500*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/
2501*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2502*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETFSSTAT:
2503*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is
2504*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to stat filesystems in bulk.
2505*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2506*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT		/ **/
2507*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2508*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETITIMER:
2509*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is
2510*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to return interval timers.
2511*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2512*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETITIMER		/ **/
2513*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2514*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETMNT:
2515*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
2516*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
2517*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2518*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETMNT		/ **/
2519*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2520*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETMNTENT:
2521*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
2522*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
2523*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2524*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/ **/
2525*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2526*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPRPWNAM:
2527*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is
2528*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name.
2529*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2530*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM		/ **/
2531*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2532*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSPNAM:
2533*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
2534*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
2535*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2536*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/ **/
2537*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2538*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
2539*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
2540*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
2541*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2542*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/ **/
2543*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2544*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ILOGBL:
2545*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is
2546*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.  If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
2547*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2548*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ILOGBL		/ **/
2549*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2550*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_INT64_T:
2551*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
2552*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
2553*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sys/types.h> is enough.
2554*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2555*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define     HAS_INT64_T               / **/
2556*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2557*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ISFINITE:
2558*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
2559*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
2560*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2561*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ISFINITE		/ **/
2562*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2563*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ISINF:
2564*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is
2565*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to check whether a double is an infinity.
2566*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2567*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ISINF		/ **/
2568*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2569*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ISNAN:
2570*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is
2571*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to check whether a double is a NaN.
2572*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2573*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ISNAN		/ **/
2574*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2575*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ISNANL:
2576*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
2577*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
2578*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2579*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ISNANL		/ **/
2580*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2581*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
2582*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
2583*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
2584*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
2585*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
2586*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2587*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/ * */
2588*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2589*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MADVISE:
2590*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is
2591*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to map a file into memory.
2592*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2593*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MADVISE		/ **/
2594*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2595*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MKDTEMP:
2596*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is
2597*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory.
2598*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2599*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP		/ **/
2600*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2601*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
2602*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
2603*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
2604*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
2605*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2606*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/ **/
2607*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2608*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MODFL:
2609*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
2610*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and
2611*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x.
2612*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2613*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MODFL_PROTO:
2614*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2615*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the modfl() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2616*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.
2617*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2618*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG:
2619*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
2620*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32).
2621*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000
2622*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and 1.150000.  The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc,
2623*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	release 2.2.2 is known to be okay.
2624*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2625*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MODFL		/ **/
2626*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO		/ **/
2627*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG		/ **/
2628*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2629*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_MPROTECT:
2630*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is
2631*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file.
2632*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2633*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_MPROTECT		/ **/
2634*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2635*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR:
2636*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr
2637*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is supported.
2638*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2639*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR	/ **/
2640*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2641*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
2642*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
2643*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to return local data.  You will also need <langinfo.h>
2644*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and therefore I_LANGINFO.
2645*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2646*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO		/ **/
2647*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2648*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_OFF64_T:
2649*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
2650*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2651*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/ **/
2652*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2653*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
2654*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
2655*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
2656*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2657*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PROCSELFEXE_PATH:
2658*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename
2659*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of
2660*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the executing program.
2661*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2662*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE	/ **/
2663*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH)
2664*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define PROCSELFEXE_PATH		/**/
2665*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
2666*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2667*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE:
2668*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope
2669*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of
2670*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a thread attribute object.
2671*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2672*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE		/ **/
2673*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2674*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_READV:
2675*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is
2676*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do gather reads.  You will also need <sys/uio.h>
2677*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and there I_SYSUIO.
2678*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2679*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_READV		/ **/
2680*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2681*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_RECVMSG:
2682*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is
2683*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to send structured socket messages.
2684*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2685*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_RECVMSG		/ **/
2686*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2687*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO:
2688*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2689*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the sbrk() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2690*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
2691*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern void* sbrk(int);
2692*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern void* sbrk(size_t);
2693*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2694*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SBRK_PROTO	/ **/
2695*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2696*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SCALBNL:
2697*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is
2698*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available.  If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
2699*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2700*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SCALBNL		/ **/
2701*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2702*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SENDMSG:
2703*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is
2704*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to send structured socket messages.
2705*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2706*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SENDMSG		/ **/
2707*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2708*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETITIMER:
2709*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
2710*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set interval timers.
2711*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2712*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETITIMER		/ **/
2713*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2714*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
2715*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
2716*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to set process title.
2717*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2718*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE		/ **/
2719*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2720*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_SFIO:
2721*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
2722*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be used.
2723*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2724*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_SFIO		/ **/
2725*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2726*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
2727*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
2728*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
2729*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of the calling process.
2730*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2731*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK		/ **/
2732*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2733*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
2734*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
2735*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
2736*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2737*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK		/ **/
2738*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2739*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
2740*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2741*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the sockatmark() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2742*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
2743*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int sockatmark(int);
2744*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2745*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO	/ **/
2746*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2747*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT:
2748*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is
2749*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to initialize SOCKS 5.
2750*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2751*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT		/ **/
2752*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2753*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SQRTL:
2754*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
2755*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do long double square roots.
2756*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2757*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SQRTL		/ **/
2758*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2759*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
2760*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2761*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the setresgid() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2762*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
2763*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
2764*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2765*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO	/ **/
2766*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2767*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
2768*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2769*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the setresuid() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2770*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
2771*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
2772*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2773*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO	/ **/
2774*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2775*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
2776*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
2777*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
2778*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the filesystem containing the file.
2779*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
2780*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
2781*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
2782*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
2783*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2784*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/ **/
2785*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2786*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
2787*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
2788*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to do statfs() is supported.
2789*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2790*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/ **/
2791*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2792*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_FSTATVFS:
2793*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
2794*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
2795*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2796*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/ **/
2797*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2798*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRFTIME:
2799*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
2800*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do time formatting.
2801*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2802*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRFTIME		/ **/
2803*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2804*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOLD:
2805*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
2806*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert strings to long doubles.
2807*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2808*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRTOLD		/ **/
2809*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2810*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOLL:
2811*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is
2812*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert strings to long longs.
2813*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2814*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRTOLL		/ **/
2815*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2816*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOQ:
2817*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is
2818*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert strings to long longs (quads).
2819*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2820*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRTOQ		/ **/
2821*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2822*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOULL:
2823*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
2824*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
2825*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2826*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRTOULL		/ **/
2827*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2828*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRTOUQ:
2829*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is
2830*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads).
2831*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2832*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ		/ **/
2833*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2834*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
2835*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2836*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the syscall() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2837*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
2838*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int syscall(int,  ...);
2839*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int syscall(long, ...);
2840*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2841*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO	/ **/
2842*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2843*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
2844*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2845*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the telldir() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2846*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
2847*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern long telldir(DIR*);
2848*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2849*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO	/ **/
2850*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2851*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
2852*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
2853*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	character data through U32-aligned pointers.
2854*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2855*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED
2856*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED	/**/
2857*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
2858*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2859*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_UALARM:
2860*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is
2861*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do alarms with microsecond granularity.
2862*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2863*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_UALARM		/ **/
2864*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2865*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_UNORDERED:
2866*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is
2867*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to check whether two doubles are unordered
2868*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	(effectively: whether either of them is NaN)
2869*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2870*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_UNORDERED		/ **/
2871*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2872*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
2873*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
2874*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the usleep() function.  Otherwise, it is up
2875*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
2876*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern int usleep(useconds_t);
2877*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2878*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_USLEEP_PROTO	/ **/
2879*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2880*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_USTAT:
2881*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
2882*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
2883*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2884*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_USTAT		/ **/
2885*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2886*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_WRITEV:
2887*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is
2888*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	available to do scatter writes.
2889*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2890*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_WRITEV		/ **/
2891*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2892*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING:
2893*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of
2894*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	some sort is available.
2895*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2896*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING		/ **/
2897*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2898*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FFLUSH_NULL:
2899*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush
2900*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	all pending stdio output.
2901*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2902*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* FFLUSH_ALL:
2903*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush
2904*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	all pending stdio output one must loop through all
2905*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them.
2906*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not
2907*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	even be probed for and will be left undefined.
2908*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2909*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	FFLUSH_NULL 		/ **/
2910*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	FFLUSH_ALL 		/ **/
2911*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2912*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_CRYPT:
2913*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <crypt.h> exists and
2914*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2915*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2916*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_CRYPT		/ **/
2917*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2918*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DB_Prefix_t:
2919*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
2920*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in the <db.h> header file.  In older versions of DB, it was
2921*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t.
2922*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2923*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DB_Hash_t:
2924*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
2925*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in the <db.h> header file.  In older versions of DB, it was
2926*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	int, while in newer ones it is size_t.
2927*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2928*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG:
2929*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of
2930*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
2931*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2932*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG:
2933*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of
2934*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
2935*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	For DB version 1 this is always 0.
2936*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2937*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG:
2938*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of
2939*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
2940*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	For DB version 1 this is always 0.
2941*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2942*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define DB_Hash_t	u_int32_t		/**/
2943*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define DB_Prefix_t	size_t  	/**/
2944*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG	  	/**/
2945*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG	  	/**/
2946*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG	  	/**/
2947*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2948*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_FP:
2949*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
2950*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2951*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2952*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_FP		/ **/
2953*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2954*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_FP_CLASS:
2955*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and
2956*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2957*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2958*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_FP_CLASS		/ **/
2959*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2960*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_IEEEFP:
2961*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and
2962*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2963*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2964*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_IEEEFP		/ **/
2965*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2966*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_INTTYPES:
2967*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
2968*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     include <inttypes.h>.
2969*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2970*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define   I_INTTYPES                / **/
2971*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2972*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_LANGINFO:
2973*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
2974*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2975*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2976*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_LANGINFO		/ **/
2977*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2978*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_LIBUTIL:
2979*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and
2980*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2981*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2982*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_LIBUTIL		/ **/
2983*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2984*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_MNTENT:
2985*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
2986*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2987*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2988*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_MNTENT		/ **/
2989*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2990*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_NETINET_TCP:
2991*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
2992*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     include <netinet/tcp.h>.
2993*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
2994*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define   I_NETINET_TCP                / **/
2995*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
2996*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_POLL:
2997*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <poll.h> exists and
2998*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
2999*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3000*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_POLL		/ **/
3001*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3002*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_PROT:
3003*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <prot.h> exists and
3004*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3005*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3006*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_PROT		/ **/
3007*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3008*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SHADOW:
3009*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
3010*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3011*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3012*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SHADOW		/ **/
3013*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3014*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SOCKS:
3015*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <socks.h> exists and
3016*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3017*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3018*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SOCKS		/ **/
3019*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3020*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SUNMATH:
3021*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sunmath.h> exists and
3022*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3023*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3024*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SUNMATH		/ **/
3025*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3026*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYSLOG:
3027*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <syslog.h> exists and
3028*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3029*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3030*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYSLOG		/ **/
3031*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3032*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYSMODE:
3033*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mode.h> exists and
3034*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3035*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3036*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYSMODE		/ **/
3037*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3038*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_MOUNT:
3039*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mount.h> exists and
3040*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3041*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3042*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYS_MOUNT		/ **/
3043*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3044*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_STATFS:
3045*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statfs.h> exists.
3046*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3047*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYS_STATFS		/ **/
3048*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3049*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_STATVFS:
3050*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statvfs.h> exists and
3051*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3052*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3053*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYS_STATVFS		/ **/
3054*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3055*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYSUTSNAME:
3056*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
3057*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3058*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3059*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYSUTSNAME		/ **/
3060*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3061*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_SYS_VFS:
3062*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
3063*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3064*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3065*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_SYS_VFS		/ **/
3066*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3067*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_USTAT:
3068*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
3069*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be included.
3070*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3071*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	I_USTAT		/ **/
3072*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3073*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_PRIfldbl:
3074*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
3075*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
3076*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3077*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_PRIgldbl:
3078*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
3079*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
3080*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3081*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_PRIeldbl:
3082*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
3083*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
3084*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3085*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* PERL_SCNfldbl:
3086*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
3087*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
3088*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3089*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_PRIfldbl	"llf"	/ **/
3090*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_PRIgldbl	"llg"	/ **/
3091*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_PRIeldbl	"lle"	/ **/
3092*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define PERL_SCNfldbl	"llf"	/ **/
3093*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3094*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NEED_VA_COPY:
3095*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores
3096*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format
3097*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some
3098*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	other means must be used when copying is required.
3099*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision)
3100*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform-
3101*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job.
3102*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3103*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	NEED_VA_COPY		/ **/
3104*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3105*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* IVTYPE:
3106*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
3107*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3108*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* UVTYPE:
3109*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV.
3110*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3111*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I8TYPE:
3112*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8.
3113*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3114*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U8TYPE:
3115*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8.
3116*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3117*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I16TYPE:
3118*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16.
3119*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3120*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U16TYPE:
3121*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16.
3122*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3123*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I32TYPE:
3124*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32.
3125*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3126*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U32TYPE:
3127*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32.
3128*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3129*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I64TYPE:
3130*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64.
3131*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3132*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U64TYPE:
3133*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64.
3134*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3135*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NVTYPE:
3136*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV.
3137*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3138*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* IVSIZE:
3139*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(IV).
3140*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3141*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* UVSIZE:
3142*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(UV).
3143*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3144*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I8SIZE:
3145*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I8).
3146*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3147*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U8SIZE:
3148*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U8).
3149*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3150*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I16SIZE:
3151*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I16).
3152*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3153*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U16SIZE:
3154*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U16).
3155*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3156*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I32SIZE:
3157*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I32).
3158*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3159*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U32SIZE:
3160*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U32).
3161*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3162*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I64SIZE:
3163*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I64).
3164*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3165*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* U64SIZE:
3166*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U64).
3167*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3168*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NVSIZE:
3169*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the sizeof(NV).
3170*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3171*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NV_PRESERVES_UV:
3172*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE
3173*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE.
3174*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3175*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS:
3176*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE
3177*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE.
3178*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3179*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	IVTYPE		long		/**/
3180*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	UVTYPE		unsigned long		/**/
3181*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I8TYPE		char		/**/
3182*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U8TYPE		unsigned char		/**/
3183*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I16TYPE		short	/**/
3184*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U16TYPE		unsigned short	/**/
3185*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I32TYPE		long	/**/
3186*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U32TYPE		unsigned long	/**/
3187*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_QUAD
3188*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I64TYPE		int64_t	/**/
3189*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U64TYPE		uint64_t	/**/
3190*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3191*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	NVTYPE		double		/**/
3192*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	IVSIZE		4		/**/
3193*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	UVSIZE		4		/**/
3194*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I8SIZE		1		/**/
3195*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U8SIZE		1		/**/
3196*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I16SIZE		2	/**/
3197*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U16SIZE		2	/**/
3198*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I32SIZE		4	/**/
3199*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U32SIZE		4	/**/
3200*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifdef HAS_QUAD
3201*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	I64SIZE		8	/**/
3202*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	U64SIZE		8	/**/
3203*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3204*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	NVSIZE		8		/**/
3205*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #undef	NV_PRESERVES_UV
3206*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS	0
3207*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3208*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* IVdf:
3209*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV
3210*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	as a signed decimal integer.
3211*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3212*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* UVuf:
3213*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
3214*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	as an unsigned decimal integer.
3215*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3216*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* UVof:
3217*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
3218*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	as an unsigned octal integer.
3219*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3220*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* UVxf:
3221*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
3222*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef.
3223*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3224*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* UVXf:
3225*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
3226*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF.
3227*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3228*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NVef:
3229*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
3230*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	using %e-ish floating point format.
3231*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3232*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NVff:
3233*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
3234*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	using %f-ish floating point format.
3235*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3236*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* NVgf:
3237*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
3238*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	using %g-ish floating point format.
3239*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3240*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	IVdf		"ld"		/**/
3241*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	UVuf		"lu"		/**/
3242*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	UVof		"lo"		/**/
3243*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	UVxf		"lx"		/**/
3244*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	UVXf		"lX"		/**/
3245*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	NVef		"e"		/**/
3246*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	NVff		"f"		/**/
3247*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	NVgf		"g"		/**/
3248*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3249*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
3250*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
3251*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
3252*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	cleared in the masks if some activity is detected.  Usually this
3253*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
3254*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the latter.  This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
3255*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3256*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
3257*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3258*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STARTPERL:
3259*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
3260*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
3261*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	some shell.
3262*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3263*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define STARTPERL ""		/**/
3264*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3265*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
3266*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array
3267*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	holding the stdio streams.
3268*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3269*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
3270*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams.
3271*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF.
3272*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3273*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	/ **/
3274*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY
3275*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3276*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_64_BIT_INT:
3277*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
3278*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be used when available.  If not defined, the native integers
3279*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits).  The minimal possible
3280*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl.
3281*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory
3282*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	may still be limited to 2 gigabytes.
3283*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3284*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_64_BIT_ALL:
3285*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
3286*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be used when available.  If not defined, the native integers
3287*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits).  The maximal possible
3288*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will
3289*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory.  This mode is
3290*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not
3291*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or
3292*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode.
3293*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3294*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT
3295*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_64_BIT_INT		/ **/
3296*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3297*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3298*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL
3299*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_64_BIT_ALL		/ **/
3300*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3301*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3302*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_FAST_STDIO:
3303*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
3304*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be built to use 'fast stdio'.
3305*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later.
3306*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3307*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO
3308*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_FAST_STDIO		/ **/
3309*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3310*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3311*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_LARGE_FILES:
3312*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support
3313*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	should be used when available.
3314*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3315*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES
3316*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_LARGE_FILES		/ **/
3317*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3318*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3319*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_LONG_DOUBLE:
3320*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should
3321*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be used when available.
3322*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3323*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
3324*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_LONG_DOUBLE		/ **/
3325*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3326*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3327*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_MORE_BITS:
3328*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and
3329*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	long doubles should be used when available.
3330*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3331*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_MORE_BITS
3332*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_MORE_BITS		/ **/
3333*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3334*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3335*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* MULTIPLICITY:
3336*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
3337*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be built to use multiplicity.
3338*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3339*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef MULTIPLICITY
3340*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	MULTIPLICITY		/ **/
3341*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3342*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3343*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_PERLIO:
3344*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should
3345*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be used throughout.  If not defined, stdio should be
3346*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	used in a fully backward compatible manner.
3347*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3348*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_PERLIO
3349*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_PERLIO		/ **/
3350*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3351*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3352*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_SOCKS:
3353*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
3354*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be built to use socks.
3355*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3356*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #ifndef USE_SOCKS
3357*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
3358*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
3359*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3360*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
3361*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
3362*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
3363*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
3364*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern double drand48(void);
3365*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3366*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
3367*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3368*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
3369*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
3370*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
3371*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
3372*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
3373*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3374*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/ **/
3375*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3376*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
3377*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
3378*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
3379*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
3380*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
3381*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3382*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
3383*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3384*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
3385*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
3386*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
3387*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
3388*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
3389*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3390*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/ **/
3391*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3392*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
3393*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
3394*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
3395*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
3396*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
3397*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3398*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/ **/
3399*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3400*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
3401*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
3402*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
3403*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
3404*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
3405*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3406*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/ **/
3407*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3408*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Netdb_host_t:
3409*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
3410*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to gethostbyaddr().
3411*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3412*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Netdb_hlen_t:
3413*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
3414*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to gethostbyaddr().
3415*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3416*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Netdb_name_t:
3417*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
3418*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	gethostbyname().
3419*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3420*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Netdb_net_t:
3421*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
3422*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	getnetbyaddr().
3423*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3424*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Netdb_host_t		const char * /**/
3425*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
3426*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Netdb_name_t		const char * /**/
3427*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Netdb_net_t		unsigned long /**/
3428*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3429*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Select_fd_set_t:
3430*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
3431*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
3432*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
3433*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	have select(), of course.
3434*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3435*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Select_fd_set_t 	int	/**/
3436*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3437*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Sock_size_t:
3438*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
3439*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
3440*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3441*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Sock_size_t		int /**/
3442*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3443*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ARCHNAME:
3444*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
3445*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
3446*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
3447*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	instance.
3448*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3449*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ARCHNAME "unknown"		/**/
3450*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3451*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ASCTIME_R:
3452*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine
3453*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to asctime re-entrantly.
3454*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3455*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ASCTIME_R_PROTO:
3456*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r.
3457*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the
3458*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r
3459*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3460*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3461*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   / **/
3462*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3463*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3464*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CRYPT_R:
3465*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
3466*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to crypt re-entrantly.
3467*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3468*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CRYPT_R_PROTO:
3469*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r.
3470*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the
3471*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r
3472*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3473*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3474*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   / **/
3475*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3476*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3477*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CTERMID_R:
3478*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
3479*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
3480*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3481*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CTERMID_R_PROTO:
3482*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r.
3483*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the
3484*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r
3485*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3486*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3487*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R	   / **/
3488*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3489*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3490*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_CTIME_R:
3491*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine
3492*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to ctime re-entrantly.
3493*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3494*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* CTIME_R_PROTO:
3495*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r.
3496*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the
3497*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r
3498*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3499*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3500*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_CTIME_R	   / **/
3501*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define CTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3502*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3503*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_DRAND48_R:
3504*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine
3505*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to drand48 re-entrantly.
3506*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3507*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* DRAND48_R_PROTO:
3508*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r.
3509*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the
3510*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r
3511*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3512*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3513*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   / **/
3514*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3515*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3516*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
3517*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
3518*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
3519*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3520*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO:
3521*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r.
3522*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the
3523*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r
3524*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3525*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3526*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
3527*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3528*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3529*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
3530*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
3531*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
3532*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3533*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
3534*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r.
3535*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the
3536*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r
3537*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3538*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3539*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
3540*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3541*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3542*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
3543*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
3544*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
3545*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3546*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO:
3547*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r.
3548*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the
3549*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r
3550*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3551*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3552*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
3553*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3554*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3555*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
3556*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
3557*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
3558*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3559*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
3560*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r.
3561*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
3562*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r
3563*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3564*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3565*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
3566*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3567*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3568*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
3569*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
3570*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
3571*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3572*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO:
3573*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r.
3574*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the
3575*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r
3576*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3577*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3578*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
3579*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3580*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3581*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
3582*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
3583*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
3584*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3585*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO:
3586*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r.
3587*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the
3588*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r
3589*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3590*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3591*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
3592*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3593*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3594*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
3595*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
3596*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getgrent re-entrantly.
3597*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3598*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETGRENT_R_PROTO:
3599*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r.
3600*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the
3601*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r
3602*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3603*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3604*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R	   / **/
3605*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3606*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3607*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETGRGID_R:
3608*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine
3609*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getgrgid re-entrantly.
3610*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3611*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETGRGID_R_PROTO:
3612*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r.
3613*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the
3614*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r
3615*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3616*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3617*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R	   / **/
3618*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3619*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3620*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETGRNAM_R:
3621*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine
3622*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getgrnam re-entrantly.
3623*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3624*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO:
3625*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r.
3626*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the
3627*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r
3628*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3629*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3630*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   / **/
3631*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3632*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3633*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
3634*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
3635*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
3636*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3637*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO:
3638*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r.
3639*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
3640*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r
3641*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3642*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3643*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R	   / **/
3644*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3645*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3646*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R:
3647*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname_r routine
3648*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to gethostbyname re-entrantly.
3649*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3650*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO:
3651*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r.
3652*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the
3653*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r
3654*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3655*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3656*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R	   / **/
3657*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3658*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3659*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETHOSTENT_R:
3660*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent_r routine
3661*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to gethostent re-entrantly.
3662*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3663*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
3664*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r.
3665*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the
3666*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r
3667*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3668*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3669*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
3670*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3671*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3672*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
3673*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
3674*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
3675*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3676*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO:
3677*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r.
3678*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the
3679*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r
3680*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3681*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3682*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   / **/
3683*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3684*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3685*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
3686*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
3687*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
3688*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3689*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO:
3690*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r.
3691*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
3692*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r
3693*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3694*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3695*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R	   / **/
3696*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3697*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3698*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R:
3699*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname_r routine
3700*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getnetbyname re-entrantly.
3701*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3702*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO:
3703*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r.
3704*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the
3705*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r
3706*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3707*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3708*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R	   / **/
3709*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3710*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3711*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETNETENT_R:
3712*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent_r routine
3713*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getnetent re-entrantly.
3714*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3715*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETNETENT_R_PROTO:
3716*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r.
3717*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the
3718*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r
3719*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3720*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3721*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   / **/
3722*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3723*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3724*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
3725*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
3726*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getprotobyname re-entrantly.
3727*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3728*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO:
3729*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r.
3730*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the
3731*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r
3732*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3733*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3734*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R	   / **/
3735*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3736*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3737*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R:
3738*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber_r routine
3739*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getprotobynumber re-entrantly.
3740*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3741*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO:
3742*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r.
3743*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the
3744*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r
3745*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3746*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3747*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R	   / **/
3748*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3749*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3750*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPROTOENT_R:
3751*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent_r routine
3752*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getprotoent re-entrantly.
3753*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3754*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
3755*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r.
3756*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
3757*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r
3758*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3759*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3760*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
3761*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3762*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3763*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
3764*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
3765*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
3766*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3767*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETPWENT_R_PROTO:
3768*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r.
3769*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the
3770*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r
3771*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3772*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3773*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R	   / **/
3774*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3775*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3776*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPWNAM_R:
3777*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine
3778*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getpwnam re-entrantly.
3779*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3780*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO:
3781*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r.
3782*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the
3783*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r
3784*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3785*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3786*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R	   / **/
3787*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3788*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3789*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETPWUID_R:
3790*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine
3791*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getpwuid re-entrantly.
3792*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3793*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETPWUID_R_PROTO:
3794*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r.
3795*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the
3796*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r
3797*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3798*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3799*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   / **/
3800*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3801*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3802*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
3803*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
3804*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
3805*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3806*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO:
3807*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r.
3808*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the
3809*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r
3810*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3811*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3812*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R	   / **/
3813*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3814*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3815*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R:
3816*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport_r routine
3817*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getservbyport re-entrantly.
3818*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3819*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO:
3820*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r.
3821*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the
3822*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r
3823*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3824*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3825*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R	   / **/
3826*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3827*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3828*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSERVENT_R:
3829*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent_r routine
3830*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getservent re-entrantly.
3831*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3832*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
3833*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r.
3834*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the
3835*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r
3836*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3837*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3838*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   / **/
3839*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3840*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3841*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
3842*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
3843*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
3844*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3845*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO:
3846*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r.
3847*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the
3848*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r
3849*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3850*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3851*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   / **/
3852*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3853*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3854*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_GMTIME_R:
3855*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
3856*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
3857*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3858*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* GMTIME_R_PROTO:
3859*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r.
3860*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the
3861*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r
3862*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3863*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3864*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   / **/
3865*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3866*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3867*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
3868*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
3869*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to localtime re-entrantly.
3870*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3871*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO:
3872*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r.
3873*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the
3874*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r
3875*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3876*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3877*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   / **/
3878*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3879*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3880*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
3881*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
3882*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
3883*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
3884*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	(the new version of the constant).
3885*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
3886*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	and __UNDETACHED.
3887*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3888*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  / **/
3889*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3890*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
3891*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
3892*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to setup fork handlers.
3893*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3894*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK		/ **/
3895*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3896*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
3897*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
3898*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
3899*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
3900*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3901*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SCHED_YIELD:
3902*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
3903*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
3904*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
3905*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3906*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
3907*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
3908*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
3909*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
3910*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3911*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/ **/
3912*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SCHED_YIELD	sched_yield()	/**/
3913*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/ **/
3914*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3915*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_RANDOM_R:
3916*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine
3917*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to random re-entrantly.
3918*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3919*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* RANDOM_R_PROTO:
3920*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r.
3921*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the
3922*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r
3923*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3924*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3925*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_RANDOM_R	   / **/
3926*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3927*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3928*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_READDIR64_R:
3929*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine
3930*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to readdir64 re-entrantly.
3931*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3932*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* READDIR64_R_PROTO:
3933*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r.
3934*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the
3935*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r
3936*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3937*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3938*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R	   / **/
3939*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3940*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3941*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_READDIR_R:
3942*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine
3943*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to readdir re-entrantly.
3944*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3945*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* READDIR_R_PROTO:
3946*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r.
3947*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the
3948*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r
3949*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3950*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3951*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_READDIR_R	   / **/
3952*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3953*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3954*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
3955*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
3956*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to setgrent re-entrantly.
3957*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3958*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETGRENT_R_PROTO:
3959*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r.
3960*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the
3961*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r
3962*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3963*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3964*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
3965*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3966*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3967*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
3968*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
3969*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
3970*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3971*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
3972*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r.
3973*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the
3974*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r
3975*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3976*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3977*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
3978*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3979*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3980*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETLOCALE_R:
3981*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine
3982*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to setlocale re-entrantly.
3983*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3984*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO:
3985*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r.
3986*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the
3987*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r
3988*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
3989*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3990*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
3991*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
3992*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
3993*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
3994*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
3995*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
3996*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
3997*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETNETENT_R_PROTO:
3998*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r.
3999*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the
4000*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r
4001*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4002*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4003*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
4004*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4005*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4006*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
4007*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
4008*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
4009*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4010*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
4011*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r.
4012*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
4013*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r
4014*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4015*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4016*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
4017*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4018*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4019*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
4020*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
4021*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
4022*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4023*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETPWENT_R_PROTO:
4024*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r.
4025*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the
4026*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r
4027*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4028*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4029*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
4030*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4031*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4032*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
4033*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
4034*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
4035*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4036*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
4037*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r.
4038*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the
4039*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r
4040*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4041*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4042*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
4043*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4044*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4045*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SRAND48_R:
4046*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
4047*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
4048*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4049*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
4050*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
4051*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
4052*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
4053*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4054*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4055*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
4056*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4057*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4058*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
4059*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
4060*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
4061*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4062*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
4063*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
4064*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
4065*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
4066*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4067*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4068*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
4069*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4070*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4071*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_STRERROR_R:
4072*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
4073*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
4074*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4075*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
4076*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
4077*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
4078*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
4079*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4080*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4081*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
4082*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4083*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4084*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
4085*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
4086*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
4087*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4088*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
4089*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
4090*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
4091*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
4092*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4093*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4094*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
4095*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4096*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4097*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
4098*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
4099*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
4100*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4101*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
4102*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
4103*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
4104*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
4105*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	is defined.
4106*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4107*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
4108*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
4109*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4110*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
4111*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
4112*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
4113*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4114*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
4115*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4116*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* I_PTHREAD:
4117*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
4118*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *     include <pthread.h>.
4119*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4120*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
4121*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4122*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_ITHREADS:
4123*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
4124*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
4125*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4126*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_5005THREADS:
4127*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
4128*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
4129*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4130*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
4131*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
4132*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
4133*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4134*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* USE_REENTRANT_API:
4135*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
4136*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
4137*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This is extremely experimental.
4138*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4139*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
4140*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
4141*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
4142*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
4143*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
4144*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
4145*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
4146*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4147*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TIME:
4148*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
4149*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4150*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Time_t:
4151*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
4152*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
4153*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	included).
4154*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4155*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define HAS_TIME		/**/
4156*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
4157*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4158*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* HAS_TIMES:
4159*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
4160*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
4161*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
4162*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4163*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /*#define HAS_TIMES		/ **/
4164*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4165*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Fpos_t:
4166*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
4167*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
4168*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
4169*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4170*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Fpos_t int		/* File position type */
4171*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4172*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Gid_t_f:
4173*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
4174*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4175*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	Gid_t_f		"lu"		/**/
4176*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4177*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Gid_t_sign:
4178*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
4179*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
4180*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4181*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Gid_t_sign	1		/* GID sign */
4182*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4183*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Gid_t_size:
4184*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
4185*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4186*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
4187*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4188*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Gid_t:
4189*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
4190*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
4191*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
4192*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
4193*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	any typedef'ed information.
4194*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4195*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Gid_t int		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
4196*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4197*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Off_t:
4198*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
4199*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
4200*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
4201*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4202*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* LSEEKSIZE:
4203*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
4204*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4205*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Off_t_size:
4206*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
4207*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4208*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Off_t int		/* <offset> type */
4209*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
4210*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
4211*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4212*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Mode_t:
4213*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
4214*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
4215*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
4216*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	to get any typedef'ed information.
4217*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4218*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Mode_t int	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
4219*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4220*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Pid_t:
4221*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
4222*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
4223*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
4224*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4225*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
4226*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4227*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Size_t_size:
4228*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
4229*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4230*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Size_t_size 4		/* */
4231*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4232*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Size_t:
4233*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
4234*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
4235*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
4236*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
4237*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4238*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Size_t int	 /* length paramater for string functions */
4239*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4240*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Uid_t_f:
4241*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
4242*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4243*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define	Uid_t_f		"lu"		/**/
4244*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4245*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Uid_t_sign:
4246*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
4247*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
4248*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4249*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Uid_t_sign	1		/* UID sign */
4250*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4251*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Uid_t_size:
4252*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
4253*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4254*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
4255*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4256*0Sstevel@tonic-gate /* Uid_t:
4257*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
4258*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
4259*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
4260*0Sstevel@tonic-gate  */
4261*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #define Uid_t int		/* UID type */
4262*0Sstevel@tonic-gate 
4263*0Sstevel@tonic-gate #endif
4264